Page 1

Operation manual

Manual No 1311L100(Rev0)

[VACUUM OVEN] Model OV-1112

Page 2

Please read this operation manual carefully before you use this unit

Especially please pay close attention to the safety precautions

Thank you for purchasing a Lab companion product

We always do our best to provide customer satisfaction

This unit is designed using our own new technology and materials

This operation manual describes the performance of the unit and gives

instructions for its correct use

All users must read this operation manual carefully before you use this unit

Please use within the recommended parameters as specified

Safety Precautions

ldquoWarningrdquo indicates that correct

handling is needed to avoid risk of

injury

ldquoCautionrdquo indicates a possible

minor risk to the operator or to the

equipment if misused

Page 3

Contents 1 Application and unique features -------------------------------------------------------

4

2 Installation and cautions------------------------------------------------------------------

6

3

Cautions during operation---------------------------------------------------------------- 6

4 Function and performance of each part ----------------------------------------------

9

5 Unit operation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

13

6 Maintenance --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

19

7 Action for malfunction --------------------------------------------------------------------

20

8 Warranty criterion --------------------------------------------------------------------------

22

9 Specifications -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23

10 Install lab tracer ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

24

11 How to use lab tracer ---------------------------------------------------------------------

25

Copyright 2003 Jeiotech Co LTD ALL RIGHT RESERVED

Page 4

1 Application and unique features

1) Application

(1) You can obtain a perfect dry compound free of residues from a solvent or moisture on a

powder state or a resin state of a compound

(2) You can completely separate a solvent from a solution without drying a phase of the

substance that contains humidity or other solvents

(3) Vacuum drying is a good method in an aspect of and affects a process and an effect

when you dry or evaporate the high boiling point of a solvent

(4) The equipment is effective of drying a sample that could be exploded when it reads

oxygen in a drying condition of high temperature

(5) The equipment can prevent oxygen from air when you dry a solid media in anaerobic

condition A sample that the tissue of an organism is dense can be dried in vacuum

condition

(6) The equipment is useful in experiment a vacuum-packed food in a long term

2) Unique features

(1) Vacuum oven can be used for biotechnology chemistry pharmacy biology and etc

Furthermore this machine realizes CLS (Custom Logical Safe) ndashControl System which

Convenience and Safety is considered on the top priority

(2) CLS-Control System which means lsquoa controller that has product specific safety featuresrsquo

is the safest controlling device to be developed by Jeio Tech researchers It is used to

make products with heaters safer in environments that require perfect safety against heat

ie- where flammable chemicals are used (Patent No 0328729)

(3) It is very easy to set Temp and Timer with Display panel

(4) Silicone material for High temperature purpose is adapted for Door gasket

(5) The unit can be easily vacuumed by using vacuum pump

(6) It is very convenient to open and close door

(7) Valve for Vacuum line and Vent line(release line) is designed separately Vent line is

designed to adapt narrow tube for slow air incoming to chamber so that Vent system can

Page 5

prevent diffusion of powder type of sample Incoming air to Chamber can be controlled

with the adjustable Vent valve

(8) Safe-circuit is adapted for over-current and over temperature of heating element

(9) Temperature sensor is attached to shelf that sample is put on So the

temperature sensor detects temperature of sample container The reason is that

we adapt this design is conductivity is main method of heating transfer in

vacuum state

2 Installation and cautions (1) Scope of delivery

(2) The unit is quite heavy Please move the unit with proper moving tool or 2 people

together

(3) This unit works correctly with proper power supply Please check that power supply

(voltage and frequency) harmonizes with ID Plate information at the rear of the unit Over

earth wired second grade power supply must be used and connect power plug of the unit

to a socket bearing ground terminal

Please use earth-wired power supply

If main power does not connect to earth the unit and human can be injured seriously

(4) Wall socket or a socket should be located near the unit

(5) Please install the unit in the flat place where prevent vibration and shock

(6) Please let the unit avoid heat source and direct sun light and let the unit located in

ambient temperature range in 5degC ~ 40degC and relative humidity lower than 80

(7) Please keep the Control Box of the unit away from Humidity organic solvent a dust and

corrosion gas

(8) Please let the unit avoid organic solvent like Acetone and Methyl Chloride and also avoid

from instrument the strong high frequency noise

(9) Door can be opened up to 180deg to left side and so please consider enough space

Main body (1set) Operation manual (1EA)

Communication CD (1EA) Communication cable (1EA)

Page 6

(10) Please do not put the unit around machine caused strong high frequency noise such as

High frequency welder High frequency sewing machine High capacity SCR controller)

3 Cautions during operation

1) Caution (1) Youd better use the air that is not containing moisture when you inject air in the oven

Because the sample that has dried in the vacuum oven needs to be maintained in dried

condition To satisfy above mentioned condition Cold trap and Chemical moisture trap

can be used

(2) The vacuum pump that is used in producing a vacuum condition needs a lubricant which

has extremely low vapor pressure (10-4Hg) however unfortunately if the lubricant is

contaminated by a solvent which has relatively higher vapor pressure than low vapor

pressure lubricant the efficiency of a vacuum pump is going to be fell down So physical

sanction that prevents the pump from damaging is needed in prior process The vacuum

pump needs cleaning for long-term use To satisfy above-mentioned condition Cold trap

and Particle filter can be used

(3) Before using this unit youd better have full grip of the samples physical and chemical

features

In vacuum condition inner chamber temperature must be lower than the samples Boiling

Point And do not use a sample that is easy to be sublimated Because if not sublimated

sample may block up the vacuum line

In vacuum condition decomposition of organism is easy to be occurred So be careful to

set up a setup temperature

(4) Before turn the vacuum pump off you have to make Vacuum valve handle set to Close

position and stop vacuum pump Otherwise vacuum pump oil may flow backward into the

chamber due to vacuum state of chamber

(5) Exchange vacuum oil regularly at an 100hr interval of vacuum pump use

(6) Equip cold trap and filter to protect wall of rotary vane pump cylinder and prevent vacuum

oil contamination

Do not put in explosive combustible samples such as Alcohol Benzene and other

Page 7

inflammable solvent inside the chamber

Be careful of touching the unit during or after operating It is very hot

(7) Please do not insert any material that can apply electric current or can be inflammable It

can cause electric shock or a fire

(8) When clean the unit do not pour water to external body directly

(9) A person of Jeio Tech CoLtd or appointed personnel from Jeio Tech CoLtd can

provide service of applied circuit or electric part in the unit (Heating machine can cause a

fire if the machine is treated by unauthorized personnel)

2) Ideal Vacuum Unit system

Page 8

3) How to vacuum and vent (release)

How to create vacuum

(1) Put in the sample in the oven and close the door

(2) Vent valve handle on right side must be located to close

(3) Turn Vacuum valve handle on the left side to 12 orsquoclock position (OPEN)

(4) Connect hose between Vacuum pump and Vacuum nozzle on the above of Vacuum valve

(5) Start Vacuum pump to create vacuum inside chamber

(5) After completing vacuuming turn Vacuum valve handle on left side to 3 orsquoclock (Close)

(6) Stop the Vacuum pump

How to release vacuum (Vent)

(1) Turn Vent valve on the right side to OPEN At the moment coming- out air from chamber

can be controlled by handle

Before stop vacuum pump you must set Vacuum valve handle to Close Otherwise vacuum pump oil can be flow into inside chamber due to vacuum state

Page 9

4 Function and performance of each part

1) Unit

(1) Body

Manufactured by steel and painted

(2) Door gasket

Silicone seamless gasket to seal air tightly

(3) Shelf

A place to put sample and surface finished on aluminum plate

(4) Chamber

Stainless steel

(5) Heater (Inside)

This unit is designed and equipped with cast-in heater at both side of internal

chamber to increase temperature by conduction heat that brings temperature

uniformity not by convection heat

(6) Door

Attached Plate spring ensures tight seal with door gasket

Page 10

(7) Safety cover

Optional

(8) Push lock latch

When you close door push Latch handle Push handle button when you open door

(9) Temp controller

Micro processor (CPU) having digital PID Auto tuning function is equipped and has multi safety

functions

(10) Over temp limit

This is safety device has an independent circuit and prevents the unit from overheating

This terminates the operation and alerts the user to any problems by activating the audible

alarm and flashing OT LED (11) Vacuum gauge

Shows vacuum inside chamber

(12) Vent nozzle

For releasing vacuum or inserting inert gas

(13) Vent valve

Close valve to create vacuum and adjust valve handle to release vacuum

(14) Vacuum valve

Open valve to create vacuum Close valve handle before stop vacuum pump

(15) Vacuum nozzle

For connect hose from vacuum pump to create vacuum

(16) Main power switch (Circuit protector)

This switch is for Turning onoff the main power

(17) Power cord

Connect to rated electricity

(18) Communication port

This unit is can be connected to a PC via COM 1 or COM 2 port User can monitor and control

this unit with SW using RS-232C protocol This SW can save unit control state and print out via

PC printer

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 2

Please read this operation manual carefully before you use this unit

Especially please pay close attention to the safety precautions

Thank you for purchasing a Lab companion product

We always do our best to provide customer satisfaction

This unit is designed using our own new technology and materials

This operation manual describes the performance of the unit and gives

instructions for its correct use

All users must read this operation manual carefully before you use this unit

Please use within the recommended parameters as specified

Safety Precautions

ldquoWarningrdquo indicates that correct

handling is needed to avoid risk of

injury

ldquoCautionrdquo indicates a possible

minor risk to the operator or to the

equipment if misused

Page 3

Contents 1 Application and unique features -------------------------------------------------------

4

2 Installation and cautions------------------------------------------------------------------

6

3

Cautions during operation---------------------------------------------------------------- 6

4 Function and performance of each part ----------------------------------------------

9

5 Unit operation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

13

6 Maintenance --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

19

7 Action for malfunction --------------------------------------------------------------------

20

8 Warranty criterion --------------------------------------------------------------------------

22

9 Specifications -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23

10 Install lab tracer ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

24

11 How to use lab tracer ---------------------------------------------------------------------

25

Copyright 2003 Jeiotech Co LTD ALL RIGHT RESERVED

Page 4

1 Application and unique features

1) Application

(1) You can obtain a perfect dry compound free of residues from a solvent or moisture on a

powder state or a resin state of a compound

(2) You can completely separate a solvent from a solution without drying a phase of the

substance that contains humidity or other solvents

(3) Vacuum drying is a good method in an aspect of and affects a process and an effect

when you dry or evaporate the high boiling point of a solvent

(4) The equipment is effective of drying a sample that could be exploded when it reads

oxygen in a drying condition of high temperature

(5) The equipment can prevent oxygen from air when you dry a solid media in anaerobic

condition A sample that the tissue of an organism is dense can be dried in vacuum

condition

(6) The equipment is useful in experiment a vacuum-packed food in a long term

2) Unique features

(1) Vacuum oven can be used for biotechnology chemistry pharmacy biology and etc

Furthermore this machine realizes CLS (Custom Logical Safe) ndashControl System which

Convenience and Safety is considered on the top priority

(2) CLS-Control System which means lsquoa controller that has product specific safety featuresrsquo

is the safest controlling device to be developed by Jeio Tech researchers It is used to

make products with heaters safer in environments that require perfect safety against heat

ie- where flammable chemicals are used (Patent No 0328729)

(3) It is very easy to set Temp and Timer with Display panel

(4) Silicone material for High temperature purpose is adapted for Door gasket

(5) The unit can be easily vacuumed by using vacuum pump

(6) It is very convenient to open and close door

(7) Valve for Vacuum line and Vent line(release line) is designed separately Vent line is

designed to adapt narrow tube for slow air incoming to chamber so that Vent system can

Page 5

prevent diffusion of powder type of sample Incoming air to Chamber can be controlled

with the adjustable Vent valve

(8) Safe-circuit is adapted for over-current and over temperature of heating element

(9) Temperature sensor is attached to shelf that sample is put on So the

temperature sensor detects temperature of sample container The reason is that

we adapt this design is conductivity is main method of heating transfer in

vacuum state

2 Installation and cautions (1) Scope of delivery

(2) The unit is quite heavy Please move the unit with proper moving tool or 2 people

together

(3) This unit works correctly with proper power supply Please check that power supply

(voltage and frequency) harmonizes with ID Plate information at the rear of the unit Over

earth wired second grade power supply must be used and connect power plug of the unit

to a socket bearing ground terminal

Please use earth-wired power supply

If main power does not connect to earth the unit and human can be injured seriously

(4) Wall socket or a socket should be located near the unit

(5) Please install the unit in the flat place where prevent vibration and shock

(6) Please let the unit avoid heat source and direct sun light and let the unit located in

ambient temperature range in 5degC ~ 40degC and relative humidity lower than 80

(7) Please keep the Control Box of the unit away from Humidity organic solvent a dust and

corrosion gas

(8) Please let the unit avoid organic solvent like Acetone and Methyl Chloride and also avoid

from instrument the strong high frequency noise

(9) Door can be opened up to 180deg to left side and so please consider enough space

Main body (1set) Operation manual (1EA)

Communication CD (1EA) Communication cable (1EA)

Page 6

(10) Please do not put the unit around machine caused strong high frequency noise such as

High frequency welder High frequency sewing machine High capacity SCR controller)

3 Cautions during operation

1) Caution (1) Youd better use the air that is not containing moisture when you inject air in the oven

Because the sample that has dried in the vacuum oven needs to be maintained in dried

condition To satisfy above mentioned condition Cold trap and Chemical moisture trap

can be used

(2) The vacuum pump that is used in producing a vacuum condition needs a lubricant which

has extremely low vapor pressure (10-4Hg) however unfortunately if the lubricant is

contaminated by a solvent which has relatively higher vapor pressure than low vapor

pressure lubricant the efficiency of a vacuum pump is going to be fell down So physical

sanction that prevents the pump from damaging is needed in prior process The vacuum

pump needs cleaning for long-term use To satisfy above-mentioned condition Cold trap

and Particle filter can be used

(3) Before using this unit youd better have full grip of the samples physical and chemical

features

In vacuum condition inner chamber temperature must be lower than the samples Boiling

Point And do not use a sample that is easy to be sublimated Because if not sublimated

sample may block up the vacuum line

In vacuum condition decomposition of organism is easy to be occurred So be careful to

set up a setup temperature

(4) Before turn the vacuum pump off you have to make Vacuum valve handle set to Close

position and stop vacuum pump Otherwise vacuum pump oil may flow backward into the

chamber due to vacuum state of chamber

(5) Exchange vacuum oil regularly at an 100hr interval of vacuum pump use

(6) Equip cold trap and filter to protect wall of rotary vane pump cylinder and prevent vacuum

oil contamination

Do not put in explosive combustible samples such as Alcohol Benzene and other

Page 7

inflammable solvent inside the chamber

Be careful of touching the unit during or after operating It is very hot

(7) Please do not insert any material that can apply electric current or can be inflammable It

can cause electric shock or a fire

(8) When clean the unit do not pour water to external body directly

(9) A person of Jeio Tech CoLtd or appointed personnel from Jeio Tech CoLtd can

provide service of applied circuit or electric part in the unit (Heating machine can cause a

fire if the machine is treated by unauthorized personnel)

2) Ideal Vacuum Unit system

Page 8

3) How to vacuum and vent (release)

How to create vacuum

(1) Put in the sample in the oven and close the door

(2) Vent valve handle on right side must be located to close

(3) Turn Vacuum valve handle on the left side to 12 orsquoclock position (OPEN)

(4) Connect hose between Vacuum pump and Vacuum nozzle on the above of Vacuum valve

(5) Start Vacuum pump to create vacuum inside chamber

(5) After completing vacuuming turn Vacuum valve handle on left side to 3 orsquoclock (Close)

(6) Stop the Vacuum pump

How to release vacuum (Vent)

(1) Turn Vent valve on the right side to OPEN At the moment coming- out air from chamber

can be controlled by handle

Before stop vacuum pump you must set Vacuum valve handle to Close Otherwise vacuum pump oil can be flow into inside chamber due to vacuum state

Page 9

4 Function and performance of each part

1) Unit

(1) Body

Manufactured by steel and painted

(2) Door gasket

Silicone seamless gasket to seal air tightly

(3) Shelf

A place to put sample and surface finished on aluminum plate

(4) Chamber

Stainless steel

(5) Heater (Inside)

This unit is designed and equipped with cast-in heater at both side of internal

chamber to increase temperature by conduction heat that brings temperature

uniformity not by convection heat

(6) Door

Attached Plate spring ensures tight seal with door gasket

Page 10

(7) Safety cover

Optional

(8) Push lock latch

When you close door push Latch handle Push handle button when you open door

(9) Temp controller

Micro processor (CPU) having digital PID Auto tuning function is equipped and has multi safety

functions

(10) Over temp limit

This is safety device has an independent circuit and prevents the unit from overheating

This terminates the operation and alerts the user to any problems by activating the audible

alarm and flashing OT LED (11) Vacuum gauge

Shows vacuum inside chamber

(12) Vent nozzle

For releasing vacuum or inserting inert gas

(13) Vent valve

Close valve to create vacuum and adjust valve handle to release vacuum

(14) Vacuum valve

Open valve to create vacuum Close valve handle before stop vacuum pump

(15) Vacuum nozzle

For connect hose from vacuum pump to create vacuum

(16) Main power switch (Circuit protector)

This switch is for Turning onoff the main power

(17) Power cord

Connect to rated electricity

(18) Communication port

This unit is can be connected to a PC via COM 1 or COM 2 port User can monitor and control

this unit with SW using RS-232C protocol This SW can save unit control state and print out via

PC printer

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 3

Contents 1 Application and unique features -------------------------------------------------------

4

2 Installation and cautions------------------------------------------------------------------

6

3

Cautions during operation---------------------------------------------------------------- 6

4 Function and performance of each part ----------------------------------------------

9

5 Unit operation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

13

6 Maintenance --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

19

7 Action for malfunction --------------------------------------------------------------------

20

8 Warranty criterion --------------------------------------------------------------------------

22

9 Specifications -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23

10 Install lab tracer ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

24

11 How to use lab tracer ---------------------------------------------------------------------

25

Copyright 2003 Jeiotech Co LTD ALL RIGHT RESERVED

Page 4

1 Application and unique features

1) Application

(1) You can obtain a perfect dry compound free of residues from a solvent or moisture on a

powder state or a resin state of a compound

(2) You can completely separate a solvent from a solution without drying a phase of the

substance that contains humidity or other solvents

(3) Vacuum drying is a good method in an aspect of and affects a process and an effect

when you dry or evaporate the high boiling point of a solvent

(4) The equipment is effective of drying a sample that could be exploded when it reads

oxygen in a drying condition of high temperature

(5) The equipment can prevent oxygen from air when you dry a solid media in anaerobic

condition A sample that the tissue of an organism is dense can be dried in vacuum

condition

(6) The equipment is useful in experiment a vacuum-packed food in a long term

2) Unique features

(1) Vacuum oven can be used for biotechnology chemistry pharmacy biology and etc

Furthermore this machine realizes CLS (Custom Logical Safe) ndashControl System which

Convenience and Safety is considered on the top priority

(2) CLS-Control System which means lsquoa controller that has product specific safety featuresrsquo

is the safest controlling device to be developed by Jeio Tech researchers It is used to

make products with heaters safer in environments that require perfect safety against heat

ie- where flammable chemicals are used (Patent No 0328729)

(3) It is very easy to set Temp and Timer with Display panel

(4) Silicone material for High temperature purpose is adapted for Door gasket

(5) The unit can be easily vacuumed by using vacuum pump

(6) It is very convenient to open and close door

(7) Valve for Vacuum line and Vent line(release line) is designed separately Vent line is

designed to adapt narrow tube for slow air incoming to chamber so that Vent system can

Page 5

prevent diffusion of powder type of sample Incoming air to Chamber can be controlled

with the adjustable Vent valve

(8) Safe-circuit is adapted for over-current and over temperature of heating element

(9) Temperature sensor is attached to shelf that sample is put on So the

temperature sensor detects temperature of sample container The reason is that

we adapt this design is conductivity is main method of heating transfer in

vacuum state

2 Installation and cautions (1) Scope of delivery

(2) The unit is quite heavy Please move the unit with proper moving tool or 2 people

together

(3) This unit works correctly with proper power supply Please check that power supply

(voltage and frequency) harmonizes with ID Plate information at the rear of the unit Over

earth wired second grade power supply must be used and connect power plug of the unit

to a socket bearing ground terminal

Please use earth-wired power supply

If main power does not connect to earth the unit and human can be injured seriously

(4) Wall socket or a socket should be located near the unit

(5) Please install the unit in the flat place where prevent vibration and shock

(6) Please let the unit avoid heat source and direct sun light and let the unit located in

ambient temperature range in 5degC ~ 40degC and relative humidity lower than 80

(7) Please keep the Control Box of the unit away from Humidity organic solvent a dust and

corrosion gas

(8) Please let the unit avoid organic solvent like Acetone and Methyl Chloride and also avoid

from instrument the strong high frequency noise

(9) Door can be opened up to 180deg to left side and so please consider enough space

Main body (1set) Operation manual (1EA)

Communication CD (1EA) Communication cable (1EA)

Page 6

(10) Please do not put the unit around machine caused strong high frequency noise such as

High frequency welder High frequency sewing machine High capacity SCR controller)

3 Cautions during operation

1) Caution (1) Youd better use the air that is not containing moisture when you inject air in the oven

Because the sample that has dried in the vacuum oven needs to be maintained in dried

condition To satisfy above mentioned condition Cold trap and Chemical moisture trap

can be used

(2) The vacuum pump that is used in producing a vacuum condition needs a lubricant which

has extremely low vapor pressure (10-4Hg) however unfortunately if the lubricant is

contaminated by a solvent which has relatively higher vapor pressure than low vapor

pressure lubricant the efficiency of a vacuum pump is going to be fell down So physical

sanction that prevents the pump from damaging is needed in prior process The vacuum

pump needs cleaning for long-term use To satisfy above-mentioned condition Cold trap

and Particle filter can be used

(3) Before using this unit youd better have full grip of the samples physical and chemical

features

In vacuum condition inner chamber temperature must be lower than the samples Boiling

Point And do not use a sample that is easy to be sublimated Because if not sublimated

sample may block up the vacuum line

In vacuum condition decomposition of organism is easy to be occurred So be careful to

set up a setup temperature

(4) Before turn the vacuum pump off you have to make Vacuum valve handle set to Close

position and stop vacuum pump Otherwise vacuum pump oil may flow backward into the

chamber due to vacuum state of chamber

(5) Exchange vacuum oil regularly at an 100hr interval of vacuum pump use

(6) Equip cold trap and filter to protect wall of rotary vane pump cylinder and prevent vacuum

oil contamination

Do not put in explosive combustible samples such as Alcohol Benzene and other

Page 7

inflammable solvent inside the chamber

Be careful of touching the unit during or after operating It is very hot

(7) Please do not insert any material that can apply electric current or can be inflammable It

can cause electric shock or a fire

(8) When clean the unit do not pour water to external body directly

(9) A person of Jeio Tech CoLtd or appointed personnel from Jeio Tech CoLtd can

provide service of applied circuit or electric part in the unit (Heating machine can cause a

fire if the machine is treated by unauthorized personnel)

2) Ideal Vacuum Unit system

Page 8

3) How to vacuum and vent (release)

How to create vacuum

(1) Put in the sample in the oven and close the door

(2) Vent valve handle on right side must be located to close

(3) Turn Vacuum valve handle on the left side to 12 orsquoclock position (OPEN)

(4) Connect hose between Vacuum pump and Vacuum nozzle on the above of Vacuum valve

(5) Start Vacuum pump to create vacuum inside chamber

(5) After completing vacuuming turn Vacuum valve handle on left side to 3 orsquoclock (Close)

(6) Stop the Vacuum pump

How to release vacuum (Vent)

(1) Turn Vent valve on the right side to OPEN At the moment coming- out air from chamber

can be controlled by handle

Before stop vacuum pump you must set Vacuum valve handle to Close Otherwise vacuum pump oil can be flow into inside chamber due to vacuum state

Page 9

4 Function and performance of each part

1) Unit

(1) Body

Manufactured by steel and painted

(2) Door gasket

Silicone seamless gasket to seal air tightly

(3) Shelf

A place to put sample and surface finished on aluminum plate

(4) Chamber

Stainless steel

(5) Heater (Inside)

This unit is designed and equipped with cast-in heater at both side of internal

chamber to increase temperature by conduction heat that brings temperature

uniformity not by convection heat

(6) Door

Attached Plate spring ensures tight seal with door gasket

Page 10

(7) Safety cover

Optional

(8) Push lock latch

When you close door push Latch handle Push handle button when you open door

(9) Temp controller

Micro processor (CPU) having digital PID Auto tuning function is equipped and has multi safety

functions

(10) Over temp limit

This is safety device has an independent circuit and prevents the unit from overheating

This terminates the operation and alerts the user to any problems by activating the audible

alarm and flashing OT LED (11) Vacuum gauge

Shows vacuum inside chamber

(12) Vent nozzle

For releasing vacuum or inserting inert gas

(13) Vent valve

Close valve to create vacuum and adjust valve handle to release vacuum

(14) Vacuum valve

Open valve to create vacuum Close valve handle before stop vacuum pump

(15) Vacuum nozzle

For connect hose from vacuum pump to create vacuum

(16) Main power switch (Circuit protector)

This switch is for Turning onoff the main power

(17) Power cord

Connect to rated electricity

(18) Communication port

This unit is can be connected to a PC via COM 1 or COM 2 port User can monitor and control

this unit with SW using RS-232C protocol This SW can save unit control state and print out via

PC printer

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 4

1 Application and unique features

1) Application

(1) You can obtain a perfect dry compound free of residues from a solvent or moisture on a

powder state or a resin state of a compound

(2) You can completely separate a solvent from a solution without drying a phase of the

substance that contains humidity or other solvents

(3) Vacuum drying is a good method in an aspect of and affects a process and an effect

when you dry or evaporate the high boiling point of a solvent

(4) The equipment is effective of drying a sample that could be exploded when it reads

oxygen in a drying condition of high temperature

(5) The equipment can prevent oxygen from air when you dry a solid media in anaerobic

condition A sample that the tissue of an organism is dense can be dried in vacuum

condition

(6) The equipment is useful in experiment a vacuum-packed food in a long term

2) Unique features

(1) Vacuum oven can be used for biotechnology chemistry pharmacy biology and etc

Furthermore this machine realizes CLS (Custom Logical Safe) ndashControl System which

Convenience and Safety is considered on the top priority

(2) CLS-Control System which means lsquoa controller that has product specific safety featuresrsquo

is the safest controlling device to be developed by Jeio Tech researchers It is used to

make products with heaters safer in environments that require perfect safety against heat

ie- where flammable chemicals are used (Patent No 0328729)

(3) It is very easy to set Temp and Timer with Display panel

(4) Silicone material for High temperature purpose is adapted for Door gasket

(5) The unit can be easily vacuumed by using vacuum pump

(6) It is very convenient to open and close door

(7) Valve for Vacuum line and Vent line(release line) is designed separately Vent line is

designed to adapt narrow tube for slow air incoming to chamber so that Vent system can

Page 5

prevent diffusion of powder type of sample Incoming air to Chamber can be controlled

with the adjustable Vent valve

(8) Safe-circuit is adapted for over-current and over temperature of heating element

(9) Temperature sensor is attached to shelf that sample is put on So the

temperature sensor detects temperature of sample container The reason is that

we adapt this design is conductivity is main method of heating transfer in

vacuum state

2 Installation and cautions (1) Scope of delivery

(2) The unit is quite heavy Please move the unit with proper moving tool or 2 people

together

(3) This unit works correctly with proper power supply Please check that power supply

(voltage and frequency) harmonizes with ID Plate information at the rear of the unit Over

earth wired second grade power supply must be used and connect power plug of the unit

to a socket bearing ground terminal

Please use earth-wired power supply

If main power does not connect to earth the unit and human can be injured seriously

(4) Wall socket or a socket should be located near the unit

(5) Please install the unit in the flat place where prevent vibration and shock

(6) Please let the unit avoid heat source and direct sun light and let the unit located in

ambient temperature range in 5degC ~ 40degC and relative humidity lower than 80

(7) Please keep the Control Box of the unit away from Humidity organic solvent a dust and

corrosion gas

(8) Please let the unit avoid organic solvent like Acetone and Methyl Chloride and also avoid

from instrument the strong high frequency noise

(9) Door can be opened up to 180deg to left side and so please consider enough space

Main body (1set) Operation manual (1EA)

Communication CD (1EA) Communication cable (1EA)

Page 6

(10) Please do not put the unit around machine caused strong high frequency noise such as

High frequency welder High frequency sewing machine High capacity SCR controller)

3 Cautions during operation

1) Caution (1) Youd better use the air that is not containing moisture when you inject air in the oven

Because the sample that has dried in the vacuum oven needs to be maintained in dried

condition To satisfy above mentioned condition Cold trap and Chemical moisture trap

can be used

(2) The vacuum pump that is used in producing a vacuum condition needs a lubricant which

has extremely low vapor pressure (10-4Hg) however unfortunately if the lubricant is

contaminated by a solvent which has relatively higher vapor pressure than low vapor

pressure lubricant the efficiency of a vacuum pump is going to be fell down So physical

sanction that prevents the pump from damaging is needed in prior process The vacuum

pump needs cleaning for long-term use To satisfy above-mentioned condition Cold trap

and Particle filter can be used

(3) Before using this unit youd better have full grip of the samples physical and chemical

features

In vacuum condition inner chamber temperature must be lower than the samples Boiling

Point And do not use a sample that is easy to be sublimated Because if not sublimated

sample may block up the vacuum line

In vacuum condition decomposition of organism is easy to be occurred So be careful to

set up a setup temperature

(4) Before turn the vacuum pump off you have to make Vacuum valve handle set to Close

position and stop vacuum pump Otherwise vacuum pump oil may flow backward into the

chamber due to vacuum state of chamber

(5) Exchange vacuum oil regularly at an 100hr interval of vacuum pump use

(6) Equip cold trap and filter to protect wall of rotary vane pump cylinder and prevent vacuum

oil contamination

Do not put in explosive combustible samples such as Alcohol Benzene and other

Page 7

inflammable solvent inside the chamber

Be careful of touching the unit during or after operating It is very hot

(7) Please do not insert any material that can apply electric current or can be inflammable It

can cause electric shock or a fire

(8) When clean the unit do not pour water to external body directly

(9) A person of Jeio Tech CoLtd or appointed personnel from Jeio Tech CoLtd can

provide service of applied circuit or electric part in the unit (Heating machine can cause a

fire if the machine is treated by unauthorized personnel)

2) Ideal Vacuum Unit system

Page 8

3) How to vacuum and vent (release)

How to create vacuum

(1) Put in the sample in the oven and close the door

(2) Vent valve handle on right side must be located to close

(3) Turn Vacuum valve handle on the left side to 12 orsquoclock position (OPEN)

(4) Connect hose between Vacuum pump and Vacuum nozzle on the above of Vacuum valve

(5) Start Vacuum pump to create vacuum inside chamber

(5) After completing vacuuming turn Vacuum valve handle on left side to 3 orsquoclock (Close)

(6) Stop the Vacuum pump

How to release vacuum (Vent)

(1) Turn Vent valve on the right side to OPEN At the moment coming- out air from chamber

can be controlled by handle

Before stop vacuum pump you must set Vacuum valve handle to Close Otherwise vacuum pump oil can be flow into inside chamber due to vacuum state

Page 9

4 Function and performance of each part

1) Unit

(1) Body

Manufactured by steel and painted

(2) Door gasket

Silicone seamless gasket to seal air tightly

(3) Shelf

A place to put sample and surface finished on aluminum plate

(4) Chamber

Stainless steel

(5) Heater (Inside)

This unit is designed and equipped with cast-in heater at both side of internal

chamber to increase temperature by conduction heat that brings temperature

uniformity not by convection heat

(6) Door

Attached Plate spring ensures tight seal with door gasket

Page 10

(7) Safety cover

Optional

(8) Push lock latch

When you close door push Latch handle Push handle button when you open door

(9) Temp controller

Micro processor (CPU) having digital PID Auto tuning function is equipped and has multi safety

functions

(10) Over temp limit

This is safety device has an independent circuit and prevents the unit from overheating

This terminates the operation and alerts the user to any problems by activating the audible

alarm and flashing OT LED (11) Vacuum gauge

Shows vacuum inside chamber

(12) Vent nozzle

For releasing vacuum or inserting inert gas

(13) Vent valve

Close valve to create vacuum and adjust valve handle to release vacuum

(14) Vacuum valve

Open valve to create vacuum Close valve handle before stop vacuum pump

(15) Vacuum nozzle

For connect hose from vacuum pump to create vacuum

(16) Main power switch (Circuit protector)

This switch is for Turning onoff the main power

(17) Power cord

Connect to rated electricity

(18) Communication port

This unit is can be connected to a PC via COM 1 or COM 2 port User can monitor and control

this unit with SW using RS-232C protocol This SW can save unit control state and print out via

PC printer

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 5

prevent diffusion of powder type of sample Incoming air to Chamber can be controlled

with the adjustable Vent valve

(8) Safe-circuit is adapted for over-current and over temperature of heating element

(9) Temperature sensor is attached to shelf that sample is put on So the

temperature sensor detects temperature of sample container The reason is that

we adapt this design is conductivity is main method of heating transfer in

vacuum state

2 Installation and cautions (1) Scope of delivery

(2) The unit is quite heavy Please move the unit with proper moving tool or 2 people

together

(3) This unit works correctly with proper power supply Please check that power supply

(voltage and frequency) harmonizes with ID Plate information at the rear of the unit Over

earth wired second grade power supply must be used and connect power plug of the unit

to a socket bearing ground terminal

Please use earth-wired power supply

If main power does not connect to earth the unit and human can be injured seriously

(4) Wall socket or a socket should be located near the unit

(5) Please install the unit in the flat place where prevent vibration and shock

(6) Please let the unit avoid heat source and direct sun light and let the unit located in

ambient temperature range in 5degC ~ 40degC and relative humidity lower than 80

(7) Please keep the Control Box of the unit away from Humidity organic solvent a dust and

corrosion gas

(8) Please let the unit avoid organic solvent like Acetone and Methyl Chloride and also avoid

from instrument the strong high frequency noise

(9) Door can be opened up to 180deg to left side and so please consider enough space

Main body (1set) Operation manual (1EA)

Communication CD (1EA) Communication cable (1EA)

Page 6

(10) Please do not put the unit around machine caused strong high frequency noise such as

High frequency welder High frequency sewing machine High capacity SCR controller)

3 Cautions during operation

1) Caution (1) Youd better use the air that is not containing moisture when you inject air in the oven

Because the sample that has dried in the vacuum oven needs to be maintained in dried

condition To satisfy above mentioned condition Cold trap and Chemical moisture trap

can be used

(2) The vacuum pump that is used in producing a vacuum condition needs a lubricant which

has extremely low vapor pressure (10-4Hg) however unfortunately if the lubricant is

contaminated by a solvent which has relatively higher vapor pressure than low vapor

pressure lubricant the efficiency of a vacuum pump is going to be fell down So physical

sanction that prevents the pump from damaging is needed in prior process The vacuum

pump needs cleaning for long-term use To satisfy above-mentioned condition Cold trap

and Particle filter can be used

(3) Before using this unit youd better have full grip of the samples physical and chemical

features

In vacuum condition inner chamber temperature must be lower than the samples Boiling

Point And do not use a sample that is easy to be sublimated Because if not sublimated

sample may block up the vacuum line

In vacuum condition decomposition of organism is easy to be occurred So be careful to

set up a setup temperature

(4) Before turn the vacuum pump off you have to make Vacuum valve handle set to Close

position and stop vacuum pump Otherwise vacuum pump oil may flow backward into the

chamber due to vacuum state of chamber

(5) Exchange vacuum oil regularly at an 100hr interval of vacuum pump use

(6) Equip cold trap and filter to protect wall of rotary vane pump cylinder and prevent vacuum

oil contamination

Do not put in explosive combustible samples such as Alcohol Benzene and other

Page 7

inflammable solvent inside the chamber

Be careful of touching the unit during or after operating It is very hot

(7) Please do not insert any material that can apply electric current or can be inflammable It

can cause electric shock or a fire

(8) When clean the unit do not pour water to external body directly

(9) A person of Jeio Tech CoLtd or appointed personnel from Jeio Tech CoLtd can

provide service of applied circuit or electric part in the unit (Heating machine can cause a

fire if the machine is treated by unauthorized personnel)

2) Ideal Vacuum Unit system

Page 8

3) How to vacuum and vent (release)

How to create vacuum

(1) Put in the sample in the oven and close the door

(2) Vent valve handle on right side must be located to close

(3) Turn Vacuum valve handle on the left side to 12 orsquoclock position (OPEN)

(4) Connect hose between Vacuum pump and Vacuum nozzle on the above of Vacuum valve

(5) Start Vacuum pump to create vacuum inside chamber

(5) After completing vacuuming turn Vacuum valve handle on left side to 3 orsquoclock (Close)

(6) Stop the Vacuum pump

How to release vacuum (Vent)

(1) Turn Vent valve on the right side to OPEN At the moment coming- out air from chamber

can be controlled by handle

Before stop vacuum pump you must set Vacuum valve handle to Close Otherwise vacuum pump oil can be flow into inside chamber due to vacuum state

Page 9

4 Function and performance of each part

1) Unit

(1) Body

Manufactured by steel and painted

(2) Door gasket

Silicone seamless gasket to seal air tightly

(3) Shelf

A place to put sample and surface finished on aluminum plate

(4) Chamber

Stainless steel

(5) Heater (Inside)

This unit is designed and equipped with cast-in heater at both side of internal

chamber to increase temperature by conduction heat that brings temperature

uniformity not by convection heat

(6) Door

Attached Plate spring ensures tight seal with door gasket

Page 10

(7) Safety cover

Optional

(8) Push lock latch

When you close door push Latch handle Push handle button when you open door

(9) Temp controller

Micro processor (CPU) having digital PID Auto tuning function is equipped and has multi safety

functions

(10) Over temp limit

This is safety device has an independent circuit and prevents the unit from overheating

This terminates the operation and alerts the user to any problems by activating the audible

alarm and flashing OT LED (11) Vacuum gauge

Shows vacuum inside chamber

(12) Vent nozzle

For releasing vacuum or inserting inert gas

(13) Vent valve

Close valve to create vacuum and adjust valve handle to release vacuum

(14) Vacuum valve

Open valve to create vacuum Close valve handle before stop vacuum pump

(15) Vacuum nozzle

For connect hose from vacuum pump to create vacuum

(16) Main power switch (Circuit protector)

This switch is for Turning onoff the main power

(17) Power cord

Connect to rated electricity

(18) Communication port

This unit is can be connected to a PC via COM 1 or COM 2 port User can monitor and control

this unit with SW using RS-232C protocol This SW can save unit control state and print out via

PC printer

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 6

(10) Please do not put the unit around machine caused strong high frequency noise such as

High frequency welder High frequency sewing machine High capacity SCR controller)

3 Cautions during operation

1) Caution (1) Youd better use the air that is not containing moisture when you inject air in the oven

Because the sample that has dried in the vacuum oven needs to be maintained in dried

condition To satisfy above mentioned condition Cold trap and Chemical moisture trap

can be used

(2) The vacuum pump that is used in producing a vacuum condition needs a lubricant which

has extremely low vapor pressure (10-4Hg) however unfortunately if the lubricant is

contaminated by a solvent which has relatively higher vapor pressure than low vapor

pressure lubricant the efficiency of a vacuum pump is going to be fell down So physical

sanction that prevents the pump from damaging is needed in prior process The vacuum

pump needs cleaning for long-term use To satisfy above-mentioned condition Cold trap

and Particle filter can be used

(3) Before using this unit youd better have full grip of the samples physical and chemical

features

In vacuum condition inner chamber temperature must be lower than the samples Boiling

Point And do not use a sample that is easy to be sublimated Because if not sublimated

sample may block up the vacuum line

In vacuum condition decomposition of organism is easy to be occurred So be careful to

set up a setup temperature

(4) Before turn the vacuum pump off you have to make Vacuum valve handle set to Close

position and stop vacuum pump Otherwise vacuum pump oil may flow backward into the

chamber due to vacuum state of chamber

(5) Exchange vacuum oil regularly at an 100hr interval of vacuum pump use

(6) Equip cold trap and filter to protect wall of rotary vane pump cylinder and prevent vacuum

oil contamination

Do not put in explosive combustible samples such as Alcohol Benzene and other

Page 7

inflammable solvent inside the chamber

Be careful of touching the unit during or after operating It is very hot

(7) Please do not insert any material that can apply electric current or can be inflammable It

can cause electric shock or a fire

(8) When clean the unit do not pour water to external body directly

(9) A person of Jeio Tech CoLtd or appointed personnel from Jeio Tech CoLtd can

provide service of applied circuit or electric part in the unit (Heating machine can cause a

fire if the machine is treated by unauthorized personnel)

2) Ideal Vacuum Unit system

Page 8

3) How to vacuum and vent (release)

How to create vacuum

(1) Put in the sample in the oven and close the door

(2) Vent valve handle on right side must be located to close

(3) Turn Vacuum valve handle on the left side to 12 orsquoclock position (OPEN)

(4) Connect hose between Vacuum pump and Vacuum nozzle on the above of Vacuum valve

(5) Start Vacuum pump to create vacuum inside chamber

(5) After completing vacuuming turn Vacuum valve handle on left side to 3 orsquoclock (Close)

(6) Stop the Vacuum pump

How to release vacuum (Vent)

(1) Turn Vent valve on the right side to OPEN At the moment coming- out air from chamber

can be controlled by handle

Before stop vacuum pump you must set Vacuum valve handle to Close Otherwise vacuum pump oil can be flow into inside chamber due to vacuum state

Page 9

4 Function and performance of each part

1) Unit

(1) Body

Manufactured by steel and painted

(2) Door gasket

Silicone seamless gasket to seal air tightly

(3) Shelf

A place to put sample and surface finished on aluminum plate

(4) Chamber

Stainless steel

(5) Heater (Inside)

This unit is designed and equipped with cast-in heater at both side of internal

chamber to increase temperature by conduction heat that brings temperature

uniformity not by convection heat

(6) Door

Attached Plate spring ensures tight seal with door gasket

Page 10

(7) Safety cover

Optional

(8) Push lock latch

When you close door push Latch handle Push handle button when you open door

(9) Temp controller

Micro processor (CPU) having digital PID Auto tuning function is equipped and has multi safety

functions

(10) Over temp limit

This is safety device has an independent circuit and prevents the unit from overheating

This terminates the operation and alerts the user to any problems by activating the audible

alarm and flashing OT LED (11) Vacuum gauge

Shows vacuum inside chamber

(12) Vent nozzle

For releasing vacuum or inserting inert gas

(13) Vent valve

Close valve to create vacuum and adjust valve handle to release vacuum

(14) Vacuum valve

Open valve to create vacuum Close valve handle before stop vacuum pump

(15) Vacuum nozzle

For connect hose from vacuum pump to create vacuum

(16) Main power switch (Circuit protector)

This switch is for Turning onoff the main power

(17) Power cord

Connect to rated electricity

(18) Communication port

This unit is can be connected to a PC via COM 1 or COM 2 port User can monitor and control

this unit with SW using RS-232C protocol This SW can save unit control state and print out via

PC printer

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 7

inflammable solvent inside the chamber

Be careful of touching the unit during or after operating It is very hot

(7) Please do not insert any material that can apply electric current or can be inflammable It

can cause electric shock or a fire

(8) When clean the unit do not pour water to external body directly

(9) A person of Jeio Tech CoLtd or appointed personnel from Jeio Tech CoLtd can

provide service of applied circuit or electric part in the unit (Heating machine can cause a

fire if the machine is treated by unauthorized personnel)

2) Ideal Vacuum Unit system

Page 8

3) How to vacuum and vent (release)

How to create vacuum

(1) Put in the sample in the oven and close the door

(2) Vent valve handle on right side must be located to close

(3) Turn Vacuum valve handle on the left side to 12 orsquoclock position (OPEN)

(4) Connect hose between Vacuum pump and Vacuum nozzle on the above of Vacuum valve

(5) Start Vacuum pump to create vacuum inside chamber

(5) After completing vacuuming turn Vacuum valve handle on left side to 3 orsquoclock (Close)

(6) Stop the Vacuum pump

How to release vacuum (Vent)

(1) Turn Vent valve on the right side to OPEN At the moment coming- out air from chamber

can be controlled by handle

Before stop vacuum pump you must set Vacuum valve handle to Close Otherwise vacuum pump oil can be flow into inside chamber due to vacuum state

Page 9

4 Function and performance of each part

1) Unit

(1) Body

Manufactured by steel and painted

(2) Door gasket

Silicone seamless gasket to seal air tightly

(3) Shelf

A place to put sample and surface finished on aluminum plate

(4) Chamber

Stainless steel

(5) Heater (Inside)

This unit is designed and equipped with cast-in heater at both side of internal

chamber to increase temperature by conduction heat that brings temperature

uniformity not by convection heat

(6) Door

Attached Plate spring ensures tight seal with door gasket

Page 10

(7) Safety cover

Optional

(8) Push lock latch

When you close door push Latch handle Push handle button when you open door

(9) Temp controller

Micro processor (CPU) having digital PID Auto tuning function is equipped and has multi safety

functions

(10) Over temp limit

This is safety device has an independent circuit and prevents the unit from overheating

This terminates the operation and alerts the user to any problems by activating the audible

alarm and flashing OT LED (11) Vacuum gauge

Shows vacuum inside chamber

(12) Vent nozzle

For releasing vacuum or inserting inert gas

(13) Vent valve

Close valve to create vacuum and adjust valve handle to release vacuum

(14) Vacuum valve

Open valve to create vacuum Close valve handle before stop vacuum pump

(15) Vacuum nozzle

For connect hose from vacuum pump to create vacuum

(16) Main power switch (Circuit protector)

This switch is for Turning onoff the main power

(17) Power cord

Connect to rated electricity

(18) Communication port

This unit is can be connected to a PC via COM 1 or COM 2 port User can monitor and control

this unit with SW using RS-232C protocol This SW can save unit control state and print out via

PC printer

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 8

3) How to vacuum and vent (release)

How to create vacuum

(1) Put in the sample in the oven and close the door

(2) Vent valve handle on right side must be located to close

(3) Turn Vacuum valve handle on the left side to 12 orsquoclock position (OPEN)

(4) Connect hose between Vacuum pump and Vacuum nozzle on the above of Vacuum valve

(5) Start Vacuum pump to create vacuum inside chamber

(5) After completing vacuuming turn Vacuum valve handle on left side to 3 orsquoclock (Close)

(6) Stop the Vacuum pump

How to release vacuum (Vent)

(1) Turn Vent valve on the right side to OPEN At the moment coming- out air from chamber

can be controlled by handle

Before stop vacuum pump you must set Vacuum valve handle to Close Otherwise vacuum pump oil can be flow into inside chamber due to vacuum state

Page 9

4 Function and performance of each part

1) Unit

(1) Body

Manufactured by steel and painted

(2) Door gasket

Silicone seamless gasket to seal air tightly

(3) Shelf

A place to put sample and surface finished on aluminum plate

(4) Chamber

Stainless steel

(5) Heater (Inside)

This unit is designed and equipped with cast-in heater at both side of internal

chamber to increase temperature by conduction heat that brings temperature

uniformity not by convection heat

(6) Door

Attached Plate spring ensures tight seal with door gasket

Page 10

(7) Safety cover

Optional

(8) Push lock latch

When you close door push Latch handle Push handle button when you open door

(9) Temp controller

Micro processor (CPU) having digital PID Auto tuning function is equipped and has multi safety

functions

(10) Over temp limit

This is safety device has an independent circuit and prevents the unit from overheating

This terminates the operation and alerts the user to any problems by activating the audible

alarm and flashing OT LED (11) Vacuum gauge

Shows vacuum inside chamber

(12) Vent nozzle

For releasing vacuum or inserting inert gas

(13) Vent valve

Close valve to create vacuum and adjust valve handle to release vacuum

(14) Vacuum valve

Open valve to create vacuum Close valve handle before stop vacuum pump

(15) Vacuum nozzle

For connect hose from vacuum pump to create vacuum

(16) Main power switch (Circuit protector)

This switch is for Turning onoff the main power

(17) Power cord

Connect to rated electricity

(18) Communication port

This unit is can be connected to a PC via COM 1 or COM 2 port User can monitor and control

this unit with SW using RS-232C protocol This SW can save unit control state and print out via

PC printer

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 9

4 Function and performance of each part

1) Unit

(1) Body

Manufactured by steel and painted

(2) Door gasket

Silicone seamless gasket to seal air tightly

(3) Shelf

A place to put sample and surface finished on aluminum plate

(4) Chamber

Stainless steel

(5) Heater (Inside)

This unit is designed and equipped with cast-in heater at both side of internal

chamber to increase temperature by conduction heat that brings temperature

uniformity not by convection heat

(6) Door

Attached Plate spring ensures tight seal with door gasket

Page 10

(7) Safety cover

Optional

(8) Push lock latch

When you close door push Latch handle Push handle button when you open door

(9) Temp controller

Micro processor (CPU) having digital PID Auto tuning function is equipped and has multi safety

functions

(10) Over temp limit

This is safety device has an independent circuit and prevents the unit from overheating

This terminates the operation and alerts the user to any problems by activating the audible

alarm and flashing OT LED (11) Vacuum gauge

Shows vacuum inside chamber

(12) Vent nozzle

For releasing vacuum or inserting inert gas

(13) Vent valve

Close valve to create vacuum and adjust valve handle to release vacuum

(14) Vacuum valve

Open valve to create vacuum Close valve handle before stop vacuum pump

(15) Vacuum nozzle

For connect hose from vacuum pump to create vacuum

(16) Main power switch (Circuit protector)

This switch is for Turning onoff the main power

(17) Power cord

Connect to rated electricity

(18) Communication port

This unit is can be connected to a PC via COM 1 or COM 2 port User can monitor and control

this unit with SW using RS-232C protocol This SW can save unit control state and print out via

PC printer

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 10

(7) Safety cover

Optional

(8) Push lock latch

When you close door push Latch handle Push handle button when you open door

(9) Temp controller

Micro processor (CPU) having digital PID Auto tuning function is equipped and has multi safety

functions

(10) Over temp limit

This is safety device has an independent circuit and prevents the unit from overheating

This terminates the operation and alerts the user to any problems by activating the audible

alarm and flashing OT LED (11) Vacuum gauge

Shows vacuum inside chamber

(12) Vent nozzle

For releasing vacuum or inserting inert gas

(13) Vent valve

Close valve to create vacuum and adjust valve handle to release vacuum

(14) Vacuum valve

Open valve to create vacuum Close valve handle before stop vacuum pump

(15) Vacuum nozzle

For connect hose from vacuum pump to create vacuum

(16) Main power switch (Circuit protector)

This switch is for Turning onoff the main power

(17) Power cord

Connect to rated electricity

(18) Communication port

This unit is can be connected to a PC via COM 1 or COM 2 port User can monitor and control

this unit with SW using RS-232C protocol This SW can save unit control state and print out via

PC printer

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 11

2) Temp controller

(1) Run LED This LED indicates WorkStop state of unit

It turns on when the unit runs and turns down when the unit stops

(2) Heater LED

This LED indicates heater is activated

(3) Auto tuning LED

This LED indicates Auto Tuning is proceed Auto Tuning

(4) Wait on timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit begin to run on programmed time

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(5) Wait off timer LED This LED indicates state of timer which makes the unit stop on programmed time interval since the

PV and SV meet each other

The LED is blinking when the timer is activated and turns off when the timer is deactivated

(6) Over temp LED

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 12

It stops instrument alarm buzzer and OT LED is

blinking when the temperature inside chamber is

higher than set value of mechanical over temperature

prohibit device on the front panel

In this case the instrument halted because of some

unstable factor (over heating) therefore remove

over heating factor and press StartStop button once then

the Buzzer and blinking LED set normal

state (7) Temp button

This button is for temperature setting

(8) Timer button

This button is for timer setting

(9) Up button

This button is for increasing set value

(10) Enter button

This button is for saving value after varying set value (11) Down button

This button is for decreasing set value (12) Lock button Remote control via PC

This button is for controlling machine either display

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 13

panel or PC

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

then Lock function set with Beep sound

You canrsquot use any button function when this function

is activated

Press Lock button is for a while (around 3 seconds)

again then Lock function released with Beep

sound (13) Auto tuning button

Once you press this button auto tuning starts If you want to stop auto tuning function manually

press and hold this button for 3 seconds

(14) StartStop button

This button is for startstop of unit and for resuming

operation after removing some unstable

factors when operation is terminated because of it (15) SV

This button is for showing set temperature and showing remaining time when the timer function is

activated

(16) PV

This button is for showing present temperature

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 14

5 Unit operation

5 - 1 Basic operation 1 Fill with water or transfer liquid before connecting to the mains power supply

2 For using inner circulation please connect silicone hose to In and Out line

3 Set the Over Temp Protector Knob higher than operating temperature (about 20)

4 Connect mains power turn on Main Power Switch and

input setting temperature value

5 Press Start Stop Key to commence

5-2 Temperature setting method

1 Press button

Settting temperature value (SV) should blink

This means you can vary set value

2 Press button to change value then press

button to fix the value

3 It reverts to the previous value without saving if you

donrsquot touch any button for 10 seconds

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 15

4 Press button again and when it is in SV set state then following additional functions are

displayed by putting above key again

5-3 Additional function of button

1 This function is to save and load a set temperature

Setting is as follows

Press button and button to vary temperature and

press button to save

Set temperature is saved in memory and set temperature variations

Sv 2 Sv 3 are input the same way

Press button repeatedly then Sv1 Sv2 Sv3 are shown and

the temperature in that mode is shown

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 16

2 This is a function vary the unit of temperature display

Initial display is and it can be varied and by pressing

Button

Press button again and it goes on to the next function

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 17

3 This is the temperature deviation compensation function

The present temperature shown in set value (SV) and it

can be changed to match the temperature measured by

a precise calibration thermometer

5 ndash 4 Timer set way 1 Press button

Timer (On Timer Off Timer) is shown on PV

and time is shown on SV

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

2 WON LED turns on with a Beep sound after

finishing the wait on timer setting

3 Press button one more time

You can now set the wait off timer

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 18

W a it o n Tim e r W a it o f f T im e r

Te m p e ra tu re

Tim e

Set time by pressing button and

Save and finish by pressing button

4 WOFF LED turns on with a Beep sound after finishing the wait on timer setting

5 The timer function is shown below

Wait On Timer

The unit begins to work when the time programmed into lsquoWait Onrsquo is attained

Maximum is 99hr 59mim and minimum is 1min

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 19

Wait Off Timer

The unit stops when the time programmed into lsquoWait Offrsquo is attained

Combination of Wait On Timer amp Wait Off Timer

The unit works as picture above

6 Timer set deactivation

Press button to deactivate the timer function (LED and timer turns off) If you want only one

timer mode set the value of the timer for 0 the timer is then deactivated

5- 5 Additional function of button

Press button once again on wait OnOff Timer function then following additional function

displayed

1 This is to select the machine mode after power failure

If you set lsquoyesrsquo the unit will run after power failure situation

If lsquonorsquo is selected it will not resume after any power failure

5 ndash6 Auto Tuning

Perform Auto Tuning in order to get precise and

rapid temperature control PID value is saved

automatically after Auto Tuning

1 Set the desired temperature

2 Press button for approx 3 seconds then the

Auto Tune display is shown (see picture) and the

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 20

AT LED blinks

3 Auto Tune time varies according to the ambient environment

The LED turns off after finishing Auto Tune and Present temperature amp Set temperature meet

5 ndash7 Lock Function (PC program)

1 Button lock and PC program usage

press above lock button for approximately

3 seconds display shows ConP and a Beep

sounds (see picture) The body will now no longer

respond even if press keypad buttons

Only can program setting by Personal PC

2 In order to deactivate this function please

press ldquolockrdquo button for about 3 seconds again

6 Maintenance

Please take out plug out of socket before maintenance and cleaning Otherwise you might get electric shock

Maintenance of this unit

1 Main body cleaning

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 21

1 Turn off the main power switch and pull out the power plug from wall outlet

2 put pressure air to Vacuum line and Vent line for cleaning

3 Wash with soft cloth containing neutral detergent

4 Wash with soft cloth containing distilled water

5 Dry with dry cloth

6 Donrsquot use organic solvent

7 If the operator cleans this unit with other method not mentioned on this manual it may

cause some to damage to the unit

8 Use appropriate Safety gloves for harmful chemicals and a Safety Mask for harmful

gasses in the event of cleaning accidental chemical spills from the unit

7 Action for Malfunction

7 Action for malfunction 1 Check points for non operation

1 Check power supply

2 Check fuse

3 Check to see if the Run LED on display is off

Please press Start Stop button if it is off

2 Check points when the unitrsquos temperature control isnrsquot correct

1 Temperature sensor is not working or is not connected when ldquoErrSrdquo message shows in

PV window

2 Please ask service in other case

Please turn off the unit immediately when it works incorrectly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 22

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need

service and never disassemble the unit on your own will This may

cause a hazard risk to the user and may negate the warranty

Only authorized personal approved by Jeiotech are recommended for electrical service

Please use guaranteed Jeiotech parts when you need parts for this unit

Any faults due to maltreatment and not due to manufacturing defects are not covered by the

warranty

2) Trouble Shooting

Phenomenon Confirmation Measures

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

OPEN direction

Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

Connection state of a vacuum hose

No leak between vacuum pump and

Vacuum hose or between vacuum

pump and vacuum nozzle

Shutting state of Door Close Door completely

If a vacuum does

not work

Adherence state between Door gasket

and glass

replaces after confirming door gasket

if it is a damage or superannuation

Handle direction of Vacuum valve Fit a handle of Vacuum valve in an

CLOSE direction If a vacuum is not

keep Lock state of Vent valve completely lock a handle of Vent valve

If temperature does

not rise Check whether Run LED is turn on

If Run LED is turnd off presses a

StartStop button

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 23

ErrS confirmation at a PV indication

window

open right side board and checks

connection state of Main board and

temperature sensor

If temperature is not

control

Please check surrounding machine

can cause if the machine is treated

by unauthorized personnel like

powerful noised wedding machine

Large SCR controller etc

Move equipment to be the cause of or

changes an installation position of

Vacuum oven

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 24

8 Warranty criterion

1 Warranty service duration

It covers for 1 year since you purchase the unit and then after the duration you need to pay for

service parts

Please contact your authorized Jeiotech dealer when you need warranty service

You have a right to repair replacement and payback within the warranty service duration

2 The case user canrsquot get warranty service

Damages on unit caused by fire and natural disaster like flood earthquakes arenrsquot covered by

warranty service Damaged by over voltage and abnormal conditional usages arenrsquot covered

by warranty service

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 25

9 SPECIFICATION

Model OV-11 OV-12

Product code AAA13115 AAA13125

Chamber volume 28L 65L

Permissible

environmental condition

Temperature 5 to 40

Maximum relative humidity 80

Altitude up to 2000m

Range Amb +5~250

Accuracy plusmn2 at 100

Uniformity plusmn2 at 100

Heat up time 100 within 70 min 100 within 80 min

Controller PID Controlled microprocessor touch pad Digital display

Timer Wait on time Wait off time(Max 99hr 59min Min 1min)

Temperature

Sensor type Pt 100

Vacuum range 1~76cmHg Analogue

Nozzle Vacuum Φ18mm Vent Φ95mm

Heating method Both side jacket

Chamber Stainless steel 30t

Body Steel 16t powder coating

Shelves Anodized aluminum plate 30t

Heater 600Wtimes2EA 700Wtimes2EA

Insulation Ceramic wool 50t

Door gasket Molded heat resistance silicone rubber

Material

Window Tempered safety glass 12t Tempered safety glass 15t

Option Safety cover

Safety device CLS(Custom Logical Safe)- control system

Printer interface RS232

Internal 302times305times302mm 402times405times402mm Size(WtimesDtimesH)

External 680times453times495mm 780times557times595mm

230VAC 5060Hz 52A 230VAC 5060Hz 61A Electric requirement

120VAC60Hz 10A 120VAC60Hz 117A

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 26

100VAC60Hz 12A 100VAC60Hz 14A

Weight(net) 63kg 103kg

10 Install LabTracer 1 Insert Installation CD and the software starts installation automatically

(In case of no automatic running run ldquoSETUPexerdquo file in CD)

2 Click ldquoNextrdquo button to choose destination of installation (default folder recommended)

3 Click ldquoInstallrdquo to start installation

4 LabTracer icon will be created on desktop after installation successfully

5 To start LabTracer double click the icon

Standard Recommend

Beyond Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 2000 XP

CPU Beyond P-II 233 PU Beyond P-III 300

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 27

RAM Beyond 32M Byte RAM Beyond 64M Byte

Caution If Windows 95 or 98 OS system is installed time delay can arise between measuring

time

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 28

11 How to use LabTracer

1) Connection for communication Click Comm rarr Connect and your PC and equipment start connection of communication

(In case of no connection click Comm rarr Port and try to other ports

ldquoOn Linerdquo displays on the bottom of the software once communication is connected

successfully The window consists of 2 separate windows Window on the top displays

Temperature set point and actual temperature and window on the bottom displays output

value of heating in graph mode

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 29

2) View

21 If you click View rarr Parameter window displays actual temperature temperature set point and

output of heating by graph and figures

22 If you click View rarr Status additional separate window appears below showing actual

temperature and set point window Operating Auto Tune Program Over Temp Level

and etc display on this window

The following picture is a monitoring window after choosing Status and Parameter in View

menu

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 30

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 31

User can monitor operating process through three divided interfaces(Graph Parameter

Status)

221 Graph displays

Actual temperature (Red line) and set point (Blue line) on the top of separate interfaces

222 Status says that

1 Operating represents the unit is Running

- If blue line is Hi the unit is On(operating) If blue line is Low the unit is Off

2 Auto Tune displays whether the unit performs Auto Tuning or not

3 Program displays whether the unit is in programmable mode or not

4 Over Temp displays over heating condition of a unit

5 Water Low displays whether Water Level works or not

- In case water is at the low level blue line is Hi position and low position under

normal condition

6 Cooling displays whether compressor works or not

223 Parameter interface has following values

1 PV is actual temperature

2 SV is temperature set point

3 Heat is output value of heating element

4 Run Time says operating time after you press button

5 Wait On Timer Wait Off Timer displays remained time from setting time

6 Power Frequency displays frequency of current power

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 32

3) Menu icon

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 File Open (Ctrl + O) - To open saved graph

2 File Save (Ctrl + S) - To save proceeding graph

3 Connect (Ctrl + C) - To connect unit and PC via RS-232 communication

4 Disconnect (Ctrl + D) - To disconnect RS-232 communication

5 Exit (Ctrl + X)

- To terminate LabTracer

6 Print (Ctrl + P)

- To print saver graph or proceeding graph (refer to p30)

7 Preview

- To preview before printing

89 Scroll icon - To scroll graph

1011 Auto Trace OnOff - If you want to fix and monitor the last point of graph on the center of windows Click Auto

Trace

1213 Auto Span OnOff - Set Y axis(temperature range) of graph manually or automatically You can put values of

range if you choose manual

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 33

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

14 To display Status interface (Ctrl + T)

15 To display Parameter interface (Ctrl + R)

16 Panel View

- When you click Panel View the same appearance of display panel of unit pops up and you

can control the unit by the pop-up window

17 Set Pattern of Program Run

- Set Pattern of Program Run and makes unit in a programmable operation

- Maximum number of pattern is 100 during 99hour 18 Program Run

Program Run must be set in the main unit

Program function can be

controlled only by PC

19 sim 22 Zoom InOut

23 sim 24 To convert temperature scale from to or vice versa (Note Temperature scale of main

body is not changed even though you convert temperature scale from LabTracer To changer

temperature scale of main body you must change setting value of controller in main body)

25 To erase graph

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 34

4) Print

① Print range

- All Print a total page

- Print the screen Print the current screen (In case Graph Status Parameter Frame on the

window they are printed If not they are not printed

- Current page Print a page of the currently main screen

- Selected pages Print selected page(s)

② Number of copies

- Maximum number of copies are 100 by scrolling up and down button

③ PV print interval

- If you tick this option PV and SV are printed in text mode

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 35

④ Memo

- Can write brief memo on print Maximum to 60characters

⑤ Select Print

- Can choose a printer

5) Preview and print

In case Print at equal intervals is ticked PV and SV is printed in a regular interval(see above)

when you see preview and printing If user wants to check a certain point move curser to the

point and click Green line with PV and SV will be printed on the copies (see above)

① Last Point Delete

- Delete last set point

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 36

② All Point Delete

- Delete all set points

③ Zoon in out

- Zoon in or Zoon out

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 37

6) Display

Performance of Display window is same as that of main display panel

If communication via RS-232 between PC and main body is successful user can control main

body with your PC at a distance

7) Pattern Program

The following window will be open in case click PRG icon or Pattern -gt Pattern settings in menu

Pic 2 Pattern Program

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 38

In case you move mouse and click a certain point like pic 3 temperature set point and time

step number display on left side of window

Pic 3 SV Pattern after clicking a certain point of window

I

If you want to edit the selected point Drag amp Drop the selected step (blue color)

It is very convenient to use short-keys when you want to change temperature and time

Because temperature can be adjusted 1 degree unit and time adjusted one minute unit

① Short-key

uarr Increase temperature by 1 degree

darr Decrease temperature by 1 degree

larr Decrease time by 1 minute

rarr Increase time by 1 minute

Alt + uarr Move an edit point to the right (the following step)

Alt + darr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + larr Move an edit point to the left (a previous step)

Alt + rarr Move an editing point to the right (the following step)

② Last step delete

- Delete last set step

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 39

③ All step delete

- Delete all set steps

④ Pattern save

- Save programmed pattern

- File extension is PIT

- Choose a folder and write file name Then click save button

⑤ Pattern open

- Choose a pattern file and click open

⑥ Start

- Click the START icon to operate unit after Pattern is set

Note i) If the main body is under abnormal condition such as Door Open Over Temp and etc

the main unit will not work

ii) The main body must be set ConP mode To convert ConP mode to ConL mode

(Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1second If you want to operate

the unit in ConL mode (Local mode) press and hold Lock button for more than 1

second ( Only Lock button works in display panel of main body in ConP mode)

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly

Page 40

Pic 4 Step information and control option

- If you put and set number of pattern repetition the main body will work as programmed

- If you tick ldquoDeleting the previous datardquo and press strat icon previous data will be erased Please be cautious

Caution

- Maximum operating time is up 99 hours

- If you program total working time over 99 hours the unit does not perform in Program Mode

Especially be cautious when you program pattern repetition

- Please be aware of specification and program time and temperature

- If you program pattern over equipment performance the units can not work properly